% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{2003-12-07.11}
+\def\texinfoversion{2008-04-18.10}
%
% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
+% 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
+% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+% License, or (at your option) any later version.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
% General Public License for more details.
%
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
%
% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
-%
+%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
+%
% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-\message{Basics,}
+
\chardef\other=12
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
\let\ptexhat=^
\let\ptexi=\i
\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
\let\ptexinsert=\insert
\let\ptexlbrace=\{
\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
\let\ptexplus=+
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
\let\ptexslash=\/
\let\ptexstar=\*
\let\ptext=\t
+\let\ptextop=\top
% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
% starts a new line in the output.
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
-% in some cases the escape char.
+% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
+\chardef\spacecat = 10
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+
+% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
\chardef\colonChar = `\:
\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dashChar = `\-
\chardef\dotChar = `\.
\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
\chardef\semiChar = `\;
-\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
\chardef\underChar = `\_
% Ignore a token.
% The following is used inside several \edef's.
\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-% Make an outer definition into an inner one (due to Chris Thompson).
-% The arguments should be the control sequence to be defined, and the
-% new of the \outer control sequence, as characters; the control
-% sequence #1 is defined to be just the same as \csname#2\endcsname, but
-% not \outer.
-%
-% For example, \innerdef\innernewcount{newcount} defines \innernewcount
-% to be a non-outer version of \newcount.
-%
-\def\innerdef#1#2{\edef#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname #2\endcsname}}%
-%
-\innerdef\innernewcount{newcount}%
-
% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
-\hyphenation{eshell}
-\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
-\hyphenation{time-stamp}
-\hyphenation{white-space}
+\hyphenation{
+ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+ ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+ data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+ man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+ par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+ spell-ing spell-ings
+ stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+ wide-spread wrap-around
+}
% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
\newdimen\bindingoffset
\tracingassigns1
\fi
\tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
- \errorcontextlines\maxdimen
+ \errorcontextlines16
}%
% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
+% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
+% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
+%
+% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
+% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
+%
+% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
+% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is
+% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two
+% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
+% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
+\def\domark{%
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
+ \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
+ \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
+ \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
+ \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
+ \mark{%
+ \the\toks0 \the\toks2
+ \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
+ \noexpand\else \the\toks8
+ }%
+}
+% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
+% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
+% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
+% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
+% first @chapter.
+\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
+ \ifcase0\topmark\fi
+ \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
+}
+\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
+\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
+
+% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
+\def\lastchapterdefs{}
+\def\lastsectiondefs{}
+\def\prevchapterdefs{}
+\def\prevsectiondefs{}
+\def\lastcolordefs{}
+
% Main output routine.
\chardef\PAGE = 255
\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
%
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
%
{%
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
% before the \shipout runs.
%
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
\indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
+ % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+ % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
+ % it needs to be
+ % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
\shipout\vbox{%
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
\pagebody{#1}%
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
% Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
% The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 2\baselineskip
+ \vskip 24pt
\unvbox\footlinebox
\fi
%
\egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
\fi
}% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
+ }% end of group with \indexdummies
\advancepageno
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
}
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
\rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
}
%
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
- \def\next{#2}%
+ \def\argtorun{#2}%
\begingroup
\obeylines
- \catcode`\ =10
+ \spaceisspace
#1%
\parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
}
% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovespace#1$ $\ArgTerm}
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, though; e.g.,
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+
+% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
% @end itemize @c foo
-% Note that the argument cannot contain the TeX $, as its catcode is
-% changed to \other when Texinfo source is read.
-\def\argremovespace#1 $#2\ArgTerm{\finishparsearg#1$\ArgTerm}
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+ \def\temp{#3}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
+ \let\temp\finishparsearg
+ \else
+ \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+ \fi
+ % Put the space token in:
+ \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
+}
% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it
-% just before passing the control to \next.
-% (But first, we have to spend the remaining $ or two.)
-\def\finishparsearg#1$#2\ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
+% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
+%
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
-% \defparsearg\foo{...}
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
% is roughly equivalent to
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
-\def\defparsearg#1{%
- \expandafter \dodefparsearg \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+ \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
}
-\def\dodefparsearg#1#2{%
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
\def#2{\parsearg#1}%
\def#1##1%
}
\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
+%
+% \envdef\foo{...}
+% \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
-%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
-%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
-\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
-\def\ENVcheck{%
-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
-\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-%
-\defparsearg\end{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname E#1\endcsname\relax
- \badenderror{#1}%
- \else
- % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
- \csname E#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
+% At run-time, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
-\def\badenderror#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
- % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Undefined command `@end #1'}%
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
\else
- \unmatchedenderror{#1}%
+ \badenverr
\fi
}
-% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
-%
-\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
\errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+ \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+ not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+ \ifx#1\empty
+ out of any environment%
+ \else
+ in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+ \fi
}
-% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
%
-\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+\parseargdef\end{%
+ \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+ \else
+ % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+ \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+ \csname E#1\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
}
\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
\let\}=\myrbrace
\begingroup
% Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
\catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
\catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
\catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
!gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
!endgroup
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
\let\, = \c
\let\ubaraccent = \b
\let\udotaccent = \d
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
\def\questiondown{?`}
\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
\def\imacro{i}
\def\jmacro{j}
\def\dotless#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
\else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
\fi\fi
}
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+ L\kern-.36em
+ {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+ \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
+ \kern-.15em
+ \TeX
+}
+
% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
\let\/=\allowbreak
% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+%
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
\newbox\groupbox
\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
%
-\def\group{\begingroup
+\envdef\group{%
\ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
\errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
\errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
\fi
\startsavinginserts
%
- % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
- % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
- % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
- % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
- % above. But it's pretty close.
- \def\Egroup{%
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
- \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
- % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
- % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
- % group, force a page break.
- \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
- \page
- \fi
- \fi
- \box\groupbox
- \checkinserts
- \endgroup % End the \group.
- }%
- %
\setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
- % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
- % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
- % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
- % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
- % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
- \everypar = {\strut}%
- %
- % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
- % normal interline spacing.
- \offinterlineskip
- %
- % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
- % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
- % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
- % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
- % empty paragraph.
- \ifx\par\lisppar
- \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
- %
- % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
- \obeylines
- \fi
- %
% Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
% @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
% end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
\comment
}
%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above. But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+ % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+ \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \box\groupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+%
% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
%
\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\defparsearg\need{\par %
+%\parseargdef\need{\par %
%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
%{\baselineskip=0pt%
%\prevdepth=-1000pt
%}}
-\defparsearg\need{%
+\parseargdef\need{%
% Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
% paragraph.
\par
\fi
}
-% @br forces paragraph break
+% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
\let\br = \par
-% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 1.5em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
- .\hss.\hss.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 2em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
- .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
- }%
- \spacefactor=3000
-}
-
% @page forces the start of a new page.
%
\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
\newskip\exdentamount
% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\defparsearg\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\defparsearg\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
\temp
}
-% @include file insert text of that file as input.
+% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
%
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
\def\includezzz#1{%
\pushthisfilestack
\def\thisfile{#1}%
{%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{\input #1 }%
+ \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
+ \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
+ %
+ % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
+ % definitions, etc.
\expandafter
}\temp
\popthisfilestack
% @center line
% outputs that line, centered.
%
-\defparsearg\center{%
- \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi
+\parseargdef\center{%
+ \ifhmode
+ \let\next\centerH
+ \else
+ \let\next\centerV
+ \fi
+ \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+}
+\def\centerH#1{%
{%
+ \hfil\break
\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ \line{#1}%
+ \break
}%
- \ifhmode \break \fi
}
+\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-\defparsearg\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
\def\noneword{none}
%
-\defparsearg\paragraphindent{%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\defparsearg\exampleindent{%
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
% By default, we suppress indentation.
%
\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\newdimen\currentparindent
-%
\def\insertword{insert}
%
-\defparsearg\firstparagraphindent{%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\noneword
\let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
% which is what @var uses.
{
- \catcode\underChar = \active
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
\gdef\mathunderscore{%
- \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
}
}
\mathunderscore
\let\\ = \mathbackslash
\mathactive
+ % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+ \let\"=\ddot
+ \let\'=\acute
+ \let\==\bar
+ \let\^=\hat
+ \let\`=\grave
+ \let\u=\breve
+ \let\v=\check
+ \let\~=\tilde
+ \let\dotaccent=\dot
$\finishmath
}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\Etex}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
}
}
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+% Some math mode symbols.
\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\minus{$-$}
+\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
+\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
+\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+ \dimen0 = \wd0
+ \else
+ \dimen0 = 1.5em
+ \fi
+ \hbox to \dimen0{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \dots
+ \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
+% Texinfo's parsing.
+%
+\let\comma = ,
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
\def\setfilename{%
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
\iflinks
- \readauxfile
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
\fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
\openindices
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
%
% If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
% Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
\openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
- \closein1
- \temp
+ \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+ \closein 1
%
\comment % Ignore the actual filename.
}
\newif\ifpdf
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
+% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
- \pdffalse
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\linkcolor = \relax
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
\else
- \pdftrue
- \pdfoutput = 1
- \input pdfcolor
- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+ \else
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \pdftrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
+% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
+% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
+% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do).
+
+% double active backslashes.
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
+ @catcode`@\=@active
+ @let\=@doublebackslash}
+}
+
+% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
+% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
+% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor
+% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission
+% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek.
+%
+% #1 is the tokens to replace.
+% #2 is the replacement.
+% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
+%
+\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
+ \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
+ ##1%
+ \ifx\\##2\\%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \HyReturnAfterFi{%
+ \HyPsdReplace##2\END
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
+}
+\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
+\def\backslashparens#1{%
+ \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
+ % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
+ \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
+ \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
+}
+
+\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
+with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
+be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
+output) for that.)}
+
+\ifpdf
+ %
+ % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex.
+ \def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35}
+ \def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1}
+ %
+ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}}
+ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+ \def\setcolor#1{%
+ \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \domark
+ \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\maincolor{\cmykBlack}
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+ \def\lastcolordefs{}
+ %
+ \def\makefootline{%
+ \baselineskip24pt
+ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makeheadline{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \vskip-22.5pt
+ \line{%
+ \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+ \getcolormarks
+ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ }
+ %
+ %
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
+ %
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\imagewidth{#2}%
- \def\imageheight{#3}%
- % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ %
+ % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order.
+ \let\pdfimgext=\empty
+ \begingroup
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
+ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
% included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
\immediate\pdfimage
\else
\immediate\pdfximage
\fi
- \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
- \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion<13
- #1.pdf%
+ #1.\pdfimgext
\else
- {#1.pdf}%
+ {#1.\pdfimgext}%
\fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
+ %
\def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
- % aren't expanded.
- \atdummies
- \normalturnoffactive
- \pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \activebackslashdouble
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfdestname
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}}
+ %
+ % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
- \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
- \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ %
+ % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
+ % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
+ \def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
+ \def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+ %
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
% come from Petr Olsak
\def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
\advance\tempnum by 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
%
- % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
- % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node
- % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
- % corresponding node. #4 is the page number.
- %
+ % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+ % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
+ % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+ % #4 is the page number
+ %
\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
% Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
- % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
+ % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
\def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
+ \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
+ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
+ \else
+ % Doubled backslashes in the name.
+ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
+ \fi
%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
+ % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
+ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ %
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1\else\begingroup
- \closein 1
+ \begingroup
% Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
\edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
\edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
%
% Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{\def\thischapnum{##2}}%
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thischapnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \def\thissecnum{##2}%
- \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}}%
+ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+ \def\thissecnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
- \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}}%
+ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+ }%
+ \def\thischapnum{0}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
%
% use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
% al. a second time, below.
\def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
\def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
\def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \input \jobname.toc
+ \readdatafile{toc}%
%
% Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
% The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
% subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
- %
+ %
% We use the node names as the destinations.
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
\dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
%
- % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file.
+ % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+ % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+ % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
+ % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
+ % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+ %
+ % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+ % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
+ % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
\indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \input \jobname.toc
- \endgroup\fi
+ \setupdatafile
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+ \endgroup
}
%
- \def\makelinks #1,{%
- \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
- \ifx\params\E
- \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
- \else
- \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
- \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
- \picknum{#1}%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
- \linkcolor #1%
- \advance\lnkcount by 1%
- \endlink
- \fi
- \nextmakelinks
- }
- \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
- \def\pn#1{%
- \def\p{#1}%
- \ifx\p\lbrace
- \let\nextpn=\ppn
- \else
- \let\nextpn=\ppnn
- \def\first{#1}
- \fi
- \nextpn
- }
- \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
- \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
- \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
\else
\let \startlink \pdfstartlink
\fi
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
\def\pdfurl#1{%
\begingroup
- \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
\makevalueexpandable
- \leavevmode\Red
+ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
- % #1
\endgroup}
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
\def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
\def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
\ifx\first0\adn0
\else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
\else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
\def\pdflink#1{%
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
- \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+\else
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\setcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
\message{fonts,}
-% Font-change commands.
+
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+
+% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+%
+\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+% So we set up a \sf.
\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-% We don't need math for this one.
-\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
% Default leading.
\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
%
+% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
+\def\baselinefactor{1}
+%
\def\setleading#1{%
- \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \dimen0 = #1\relax
+ \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
\normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
\normalbaselines
\setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
}%
}
+% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
+%
+% do nothing with this by default.
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
+
+% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
+% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
+% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
+\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<23> <26> <0023>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+40 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1IT
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1IT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<25> <26> <0025>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+42 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<23> <0023>
+<24> <00A3>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1TT
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1TT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+5 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<21> <26> <0021>
+<28> <5F> <0028>
+<61> <7E> <0061>
+endbfrange
+32 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <2191>
+<0C> <2193>
+<0D> <0027>
+<0E> <00A1>
+<0F> <00BF>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<20> <2423>
+<27> <2019>
+<60> <2018>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+\fi\fi
+
+
% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
+% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
+% empty to omit).
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
+ \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
+}
+% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
+\let\cmap\gobble
+% emacs-page end of cmaps
% Use cm as the default font prefix.
% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
\def\scshape{csc}
\def\scbshape{csc}
-\newcount\mainmagstep
-\ifx\bigger\relax
- % not really supported.
- \mainmagstep=\magstep1
- \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
- \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
- \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
- \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
- \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in
+% Texinfo.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1095}
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\smalli=cmmi9
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
\def\authorrm{\secrm}
\def\authortt{\sectt}
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+\def\chapecsize{1728}
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\sececsize{1440}
% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
-% but that is not a standard magnification.
+\def\ssececsize{1200}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+\def\reducedecsize{1000}
+
+% reset the current fonts
+\textfonts
+\rm
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
+% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
+% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
+% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizex{%
+% Text fonts (10pt).
+\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1000}
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
+
+% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\chapbf\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\chapecsize{1440}
+
+% Section fonts (12pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
+\def\sececsize{1200}
+
+% Subsection fonts (10pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi10
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
+\def\ssececsize{1000}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi9
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
+\def\reducedecsize{0900}
+
+% reduce space between paragraphs
+\divide\parskip by 2
+
+% reset the current fonts
+\textfonts
+\rm
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% We provide the user-level command
+% @fonttextsize 10
+% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
+%
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xiword{11}
+%
+\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
+ \def\textsizearg{#1}%
+ \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+ %
+ % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
+ % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
+ %
+ \begingroup \globaldefs=1
+ \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
+ \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
+ \else
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
+ \fi\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
}
% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
-% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
-% redefine \bf itself.
+% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
+% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% This all needs generalizing, badly.
+%
\def\textfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
\let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{text}%
+ \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
\def\titlefonts{%
\let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
\let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
\let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
\let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+ \def\curfontsize{title}%
+ \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
\def\chapfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
\let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{chap}%
+ \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
\def\secfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
\let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{sec}%
+ \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
\def\subsecfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
\let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
+ \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\def\reducedfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
+ \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
+ \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
+ \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
\def\smallfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
\let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
\let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
\let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{small}%
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
\def\smallerfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
\let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
\let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
\let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
% can fit this many characters:
% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
-% If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
%
-% I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic.
-%
+% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
% --karl, 24jan03.
% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
%
-\textfonts
+\definetextfontsizexi
% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
\let\var=\smartslanted
\let\dfn=\smartslanted
\let\emph=\smartitalic
+% @b, explicit bold.
\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
\let\strong=\b
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
%
\catcode`@=11
- \def\frenchspacing{%
+ \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
\sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
\sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+ }
+ \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+ \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
}
\catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\null
}
-\let\ttfont=\t
\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\font\keysy=cmsy9
\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
\hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
\kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
\kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
% The old definition, with no lozenge:
%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
\nohyphenation
%
\rawbackslash
- \frenchspacing
+ \plainfrenchspacing
#1%
}%
\null
}
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
% -- rms.
{
- \catcode`\-=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
%
\global\def\code{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
- \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+ \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
+ \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft
+ %
+ \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \ifallowcodebreaks
+ \let-\codedash
+ \let_\codeunder
+ \else
+ \let-\realdash
+ \let_\realunder
+ \fi
\codex
}
}
}
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
+% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
+% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
+%
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
+
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
+
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+ \allowcodebreakstrue
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+ \allowcodebreaksfalse
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
% then @kbd has no effect.
% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\defparsearg\kbdinputstyle{%
- \def\arg{#1}%
- \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
\def\worddistinct{distinct}
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\url=\code
+% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\indicateurl=\code
\let\env=\code
\let\command=\code
+% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
+\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
+
+% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
+\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
+\def\click{\arrow}
+
% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
\endlink
\endgroup}
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
%
\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
-% It would be nicer to go one point size down.
-\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+%
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+%
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+}
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size;
-% we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings.
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+%
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+%
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+%
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+%
+% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+%
+%
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+ % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+ % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+ % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+ % font installed.
+ %
+ % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+ % that to the current nominal size.
+ %
+ % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+ % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+ %
+ \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+ % bold:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+ \else
+ % regular:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+ \fi
+ \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro. We don't
+% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original
+% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition.
+\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
+\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
+\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
+\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
+\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
+\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
+\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
+\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
+%
+\def\ecfont{%
+ % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this
+ % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
+ % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
+ % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
+ \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
+ \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+ % bold:
+ \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \else
+ % regular:
+ \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \fi
+ \thisecfont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
%
\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+ \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
}$%
}
+% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
+%
+\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+%
+\ifx\Orb\undefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+% Quotes.
+\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
+\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
+\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
+\chardef\quoteright=`\'
+
\message{page headings,}
\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
\let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\defparsearg\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
\endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-\def\titlepage{%
- \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \page
- \null
- }%
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+ % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \page
+ \null
+ }%
}
\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
- % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
- \HEADINGSon
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
}
%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
\let\tt=\authortt}
-\defparsearg\title{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}
+\parseargdef\title{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
-\defparsearg\subtitle{{\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}}
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-\defparsearg\author{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
- {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}}
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+ \def\temp{\quotation}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+ \else
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+ {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
%%% Set up page headings and footings.
\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-\defparsearg\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
%
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
- \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+ \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
}
-\defparsearg\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
+% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
+%
+% The same set of arguments for:
+%
+% @oddheadingmarks
+% @evenfootingmarks
+% @oddfootingmarks
+% @everyheadingmarks
+% @everyfootingmarks
+
+\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
+\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
+\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
+\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
+\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+ \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
+\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+ \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
+% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
+\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
+}
+\everyheadingmarks bottom
+\everyfootingmarks bottom
% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
% \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
\nobreak \vskip-\parskip
%
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
- % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
- % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
- % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
- % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
- % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
- % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
- % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
- % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
- % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
- % penalty 10001...)
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
+ % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+ % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+ % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
+ % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+ % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
+ %
\penalty 10001
\endgroup
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\def\table{%
- \begingroup\inENV
+\envdef\table{%
\let\itemindex\gobble
- \tablex
+ \tablecheck{table}%
}
-\def\ftable{%
- \begingroup\inENV
+\envdef\ftable{%
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablex
+ \tablecheck{ftable}%
}
-\def\vtable{%
- \begingroup\inENV
+\envdef\vtable{%
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablex
+ \tablecheck{vtable}%
+}
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+ \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+ \endgroup
+ \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+ that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+ \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \let\next\tablex
+ \fi
+ \next
}
\def\tablex#1{%
\def\itemindicate{#1}%
\let\item = \internalBitem
\let\itemx = \internalBitemx
}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
\let\Eftable\Etable
\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
\newcount \itemno
-\defparsearg\itemize{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
- \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
-}
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-\def\itemizey#1#2{%
+\def\doitemize#1{%
\aboveenvbreak
\itemmax=\itemindent
\advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
\parindent=0pt
\parskip=\smallskipamount
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
\def\itemcontents{#1}%
% @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
\ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
\let\item=\itemizeitem
}
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+ \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
+ {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+ {%
+ % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+ % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+ % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
+ % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
+ % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+ % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+ % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
+ % that's the theory.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \flushcr
+}
+
% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
%
% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
% argument is the same as `1'.
%
-\defparsearg\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
- %
% If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
\def\thearg{#1}%
\ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
}%
}
-% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
%
\def\startenumeration#1{%
\advance\itemno by -1
- \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+ \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
}
% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
-
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
-\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
-{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
-\flushcr}
% @multitable macros
% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
\newif\ifsetpercent
-% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
-% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
-% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
-% percent of \hsize for this column.
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
\global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
\setuptable
}
}
% multitable-only commands.
-\def\headitem{\errmessage{@headitem outside of @multitable}}
-\def\tab{\errmessage{@tab outside of @multitable}}
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
+\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+%
+% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
+% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
%
\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
%
-\defparsearg\multitable{\bgroup
+\envdef\multitable{%
\vskip\parskip
\startsavinginserts
%
- % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
- % Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
- % of an alignment entry.
- \def\headitem{\crcrwithinserts \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
- %
- % @item within a multitable starts a normal row, get rid of any bold.
- \def\item{\crcrwithinserts \global\everytab={}}%
- %
- % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
- % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until
- % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl,
- % nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
- \def\tab{&\the\everytab}%
+ % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+ % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+ % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+ % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+ \def\item{\crcr}%
%
\tolerance=9500
\hbadness=9500
\overfullrule=0pt
\global\colcount=0
%
- \def\Emultitable{%
- \global\setpercentfalse
- \crcrwithinserts
- \egroup\egroup
+ \everycr = {%
+ \noalign{%
+ \global\everytab={}%
+ \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+ \checkinserts
+ % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ %\filbreak
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
+ % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
+ % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ }%
}%
%
+ \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
% To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
%
- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
- % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
- % The table preamble
- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
- \everycr{\noalign{%
- %
- % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
- % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
- % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
- \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
- %
% This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
% be used as many times as user calls for columns.
% \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
% continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
- \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %
- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %
- % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
- % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
- % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
- % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
- % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip
- \else
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
- \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
- % characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
-}
-\def\crcrwithinserts{\crcr\noalign{\checkinserts}}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
+ \halign\bgroup &%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \multistrut
+ \vtop{%
+ % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+ \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
+ % marking characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+ }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+ \crcr
+ \egroup % end the \halign
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{%
+ \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
+ %
+ % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
+ % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
+ % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
+ % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-\else
-%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
+\fi
%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
%% table. If not, do nothing.
%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
\message{conditionals,}
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
- \let\appendix=\relax
- \let\appendixsec=\relax
- \let\appendixsection=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
- %\let\begin=\relax
- %\let\bye=\relax
- \let\centerchap=\relax
- \let\chapter=\relax
- \let\contents=\relax
- \let\section=\relax
- \let\smallbook=\relax
- \let\subsec=\relax
- \let\subsection=\relax
- \let\subsubsec=\relax
- \let\subsubsection=\relax
- \let\titlepage=\relax
- \let\top=\relax
- \let\unnumbered=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+ \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
%
\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription}
\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
\def\html{\doignore{html}}
\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory = \comment
-
% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
%
% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
% Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+ \obeylines
\catcode`\@ = \other
\catcode`\{ = \other
\catcode`\} = \other
%
% Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \catcode\spaceChar = 10
+ \spaceisspace
%
% Count number of #1's that we've seen.
\doignorecount = 0
%
% Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
- \dodoignore {#1}%
+ \dodoignore{#1}%
}
{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
\obeylines %
%
\gdef\dodoignore#1{%
- % #1 contains the string `ifinfo'.
+ % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
+ %
+ % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+ \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
%
- % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line
- % by itself.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
% And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
% line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
% example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
\long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
%
% And now expand that command.
- \obeylines %
\doignoretext ^^M%
}%
}
}
% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
+%
\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
\ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
\let\next\enddoignore
}
% Finish off ignored text.
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+{ \obeylines%
+ % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+ % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+ % would result in a blank line in the output.
+ \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+}
% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
% didn't need it.
% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
%
-\def\set{\parseargusing{\catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other}\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- \next{}%
- \else
- \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
- \fi
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \next{}%
+ \else
+ \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+ \fi
+ }%
}
% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
%
-\defparsearg\clear{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+ }%
+}
% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
% with @set.
%
-\defparsearg\ifset{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \let\next=\ifsetfail
- \else
- \let\next=\ifsetsucceed
- \fi
- \next
+% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \let\next=\empty
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+ #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter
+ }\next
}
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
%
-\defparsearg\ifclear{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \let\next=\ifclearsucceed
- \else
- \let\next=\ifclearfail
- \fi
- \next
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we
-% read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make
-% `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
%
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
-\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
-\def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-% True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can
-% just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at
-% the outer level).
-%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}%
-}
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
% @defininfoenclose.
\let\definfoenclose=\comment
% Index generation facilities
% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
%
\def\indexdummies{%
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
\def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
\def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ %
% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
\let\{ = \mylbrace
\let\} = \myrbrace
%
- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
- % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
- % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
- % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
- % from whatever follows.
- %
- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
- % space.
- %
- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
- %
- \def\definedummyword##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
- }%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
- }%
+ % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
+ % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
+ % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
+ % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
+ % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
+ % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
+ % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
+ % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
+ % is still getting written without apparent harm.
+ %
+ % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
+ % help-texinfo, 22may06):
+ % @macro funindex {WORD}
+ % @findex xyz
+ % @end macro
+ % ...
+ % @funindex commtest
+ %
+ % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
+ %
+ % Sample whatsit resulting:
+ % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
+ %
+ % So:
+ \let\endinput = \empty
%
% Do the redefinitions.
\commondummies
}
-% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
-% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
-% @, this will be simpler.
+% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
+% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
+% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
+% this will be simpler.
%
\def\atdummies{%
\def\@{@@}%
\let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
\let\} = \rbraceatcmd
%
- % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
- \def\definedummyword##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
- }%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
- }%
- %
% Do the redefinitions.
\commondummies
+ \otherbackslash
}
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
-% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
%
\def\commondummies{%
%
- \normalturnoffactive
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+ % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words,
+ % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+ % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
%
- % Control letters and accents.
- \definedummyletter{_}%
- \definedummyletter{,}%
- \definedummyletter{"}%
- \definedummyletter{`}%
- \definedummyletter{'}%
- \definedummyletter{^}%
- \definedummyletter{~}%
- \definedummyletter{=}%
- \definedummyword{u}%
- \definedummyword{v}%
- \definedummyword{H}%
- \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
- \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
- \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
- \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
- \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
- \definedummyword{dotless}%
- %
- % Other non-English letters.
- \definedummyword{AA}%
- \definedummyword{AE}%
- \definedummyword{L}%
- \definedummyword{OE}%
- \definedummyword{O}%
- \definedummyword{aa}%
- \definedummyword{ae}%
- \definedummyword{l}%
- \definedummyword{oe}%
- \definedummyword{o}%
- \definedummyword{ss}%
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
%
- % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
- \definedummyword{bf}%
- \definedummyword{gtr}%
- \definedummyword{hat}%
- \definedummyword{less}%
- \definedummyword{sf}%
- \definedummyword{sl}%
- \definedummyword{tclose}%
- \definedummyword{tt}%
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
%
- % Texinfo font commands.
- \definedummyword{b}%
- \definedummyword{i}%
- \definedummyword{r}%
- \definedummyword{sc}%
- \definedummyword{t}%
- %
- \definedummyword{TeX}%
- \definedummyword{acronym}%
- \definedummyword{cite}%
- \definedummyword{code}%
- \definedummyword{command}%
- \definedummyword{dfn}%
- \definedummyword{dots}%
- \definedummyword{emph}%
- \definedummyword{env}%
- \definedummyword{file}%
- \definedummyword{kbd}%
- \definedummyword{key}%
- \definedummyword{math}%
- \definedummyword{option}%
- \definedummyword{samp}%
- \definedummyword{strong}%
- \definedummyword{uref}%
- \definedummyword{url}%
- \definedummyword{var}%
- \definedummyword{verb}%
- \definedummyword{w}%
+ \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+ \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ \definedummyletter\_%
+ %
+ % Non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword\AA
+ \definedummyword\AE
+ \definedummyword\L
+ \definedummyword\OE
+ \definedummyword\O
+ \definedummyword\aa
+ \definedummyword\ae
+ \definedummyword\l
+ \definedummyword\oe
+ \definedummyword\o
+ \definedummyword\ss
+ \definedummyword\exclamdown
+ \definedummyword\questiondown
+ \definedummyword\ordf
+ \definedummyword\ordm
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword\bf
+ \definedummyword\gtr
+ \definedummyword\hat
+ \definedummyword\less
+ \definedummyword\sf
+ \definedummyword\sl
+ \definedummyword\tclose
+ \definedummyword\tt
+ %
+ \definedummyword\LaTeX
+ \definedummyword\TeX
%
% Assorted special characters.
- \definedummyword{bullet}%
- \definedummyword{copyright}%
- \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}%
- \definedummyword{dots}%
- \definedummyword{enddots}%
- \definedummyword{equiv}%
- \definedummyword{error}%
- \definedummyword{expansion}%
- \definedummyword{minus}%
- \definedummyword{pounds}%
- \definedummyword{point}%
- \definedummyword{print}%
- \definedummyword{result}%
+ \definedummyword\bullet
+ \definedummyword\comma
+ \definedummyword\copyright
+ \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
+ \definedummyword\dots
+ \definedummyword\enddots
+ \definedummyword\equiv
+ \definedummyword\error
+ \definedummyword\euro
+ \definedummyword\guillemetleft
+ \definedummyword\guillemetright
+ \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
+ \definedummyword\guilsinglright
+ \definedummyword\expansion
+ \definedummyword\minus
+ \definedummyword\pounds
+ \definedummyword\point
+ \definedummyword\print
+ \definedummyword\quotedblbase
+ \definedummyword\quotedblleft
+ \definedummyword\quotedblright
+ \definedummyword\quoteleft
+ \definedummyword\quoteright
+ \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
+ \definedummyword\result
+ \definedummyword\textdegree
+ %
+ % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+ \macrolist
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
%
% Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
\makevalueexpandable
- %
- % Normal spaces, not active ones.
- \unsepspaces
- %
- % No macro expansion.
- \turnoffmacros
}
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+%
+\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter\!%
+ \definedummyaccent\"%
+ \definedummyaccent\'%
+ \definedummyletter\*%
+ \definedummyaccent\,%
+ \definedummyletter\.%
+ \definedummyletter\/%
+ \definedummyletter\:%
+ \definedummyaccent\=%
+ \definedummyletter\?%
+ \definedummyaccent\^%
+ \definedummyaccent\`%
+ \definedummyaccent\~%
+ \definedummyword\u
+ \definedummyword\v
+ \definedummyword\H
+ \definedummyword\dotaccent
+ \definedummyword\ringaccent
+ \definedummyword\tieaccent
+ \definedummyword\ubaraccent
+ \definedummyword\udotaccent
+ \definedummyword\dotless
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword\b
+ \definedummyword\i
+ \definedummyword\r
+ \definedummyword\sc
+ \definedummyword\t
+ %
+ % Commands that take arguments.
+ \definedummyword\acronym
+ \definedummyword\cite
+ \definedummyword\code
+ \definedummyword\command
+ \definedummyword\dfn
+ \definedummyword\emph
+ \definedummyword\env
+ \definedummyword\file
+ \definedummyword\kbd
+ \definedummyword\key
+ \definedummyword\math
+ \definedummyword\option
+ \definedummyword\pxref
+ \definedummyword\ref
+ \definedummyword\samp
+ \definedummyword\strong
+ \definedummyword\tie
+ \definedummyword\uref
+ \definedummyword\url
+ \definedummyword\var
+ \definedummyword\verb
+ \definedummyword\w
+ \definedummyword\xref
+}
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
%
-\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
-\def\indexdummydots{...}
-%
\def\indexnofonts{%
+ % Accent commands should become @asis.
+ \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+ % We can just ignore other control letters.
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+ % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
+ \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
\def\ { }%
\def\@{@}%
% how to handle braces?
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
%
- \let\,=\asis
- \let\"=\asis
- \let\`=\asis
- \let\'=\asis
- \let\^=\asis
- \let\~=\asis
- \let\==\asis
- \let\u=\asis
- \let\v=\asis
- \let\H=\asis
- \let\dotaccent=\asis
- \let\ringaccent=\asis
- \let\tieaccent=\asis
- \let\ubaraccent=\asis
- \let\udotaccent=\asis
- \let\dotless=\asis
- %
- % Other non-English letters.
+ % Non-English letters.
\def\AA{AA}%
\def\AE{AE}%
\def\L{L}%
\def\ss{ss}%
\def\exclamdown{!}%
\def\questiondown{?}%
+ \def\ordf{a}%
+ \def\ordm{o}%
%
- % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
- % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
- % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
- %\let\tt=\asis
+ \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+ \def\TeX{TeX}%
%
- % Texinfo font commands.
- \let\b=\asis
- \let\i=\asis
- \let\r=\asis
- \let\sc=\asis
- \let\t=\asis
- %
- \let\TeX=\indexdummytex
- \let\acronym=\asis
- \let\cite=\asis
- \let\code=\asis
- \let\command=\asis
- \let\dfn=\asis
- \let\dots=\indexdummydots
- \let\emph=\asis
- \let\env=\asis
- \let\file=\asis
- \let\kbd=\asis
- \let\key=\asis
- \let\math=\asis
- \let\option=\asis
- \let\samp=\asis
- \let\strong=\asis
- \let\uref=\asis
- \let\url=\asis
- \let\var=\asis
- \let\verb=\asis
- \let\w=\asis
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+ \def\bullet{bullet}%
+ \def\comma{,}%
+ \def\copyright{copyright}%
+ \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+ \def\dots{...}%
+ \def\enddots{...}%
+ \def\equiv{==}%
+ \def\error{error}%
+ \def\euro{euro}%
+ \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
+ \def\guillemetright{>>}%
+ \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
+ \def\guilsinglright{>}%
+ \def\expansion{==>}%
+ \def\minus{-}%
+ \def\pounds{pounds}%
+ \def\point{.}%
+ \def\print{-|}%
+ \def\quotedblbase{"}%
+ \def\quotedblleft{"}%
+ \def\quotedblright{"}%
+ \def\quoteleft{`}%
+ \def\quoteright{'}%
+ \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
+ \def\result{=>}%
+ \def\textdegree{degrees}%
+ %
+ % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+ % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+ % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
+ % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
+ % that starts with \.
+ %
+ % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+ % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
+ % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+ %
+ \macrolist
}
\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
%
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
%
- \ifvmode
- \dosubindsanitize
- \else
- \dosubindwrite
- \fi
+ \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
}%
\fi
}
%
% Remember, we are within a group.
\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \escapechar=`\\
- \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
%
% Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
\temp
}
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
%
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
-% like this:
+% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
+% sequences like this:
% @end defun
% @tindex whatever
% @defun ...
%
\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
%
+\newskip\whatsitskip
+\newcount\whatsitpenalty
+%
% ..., ready, GO:
%
-\def\dosubindsanitize{%
+\def\safewhatsit#1{%
+\ifhmode
+ #1%
+\else
% \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
- \skip0 = \lastskip
+ \whatsitskip = \lastskip
\edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
- \count255 = \lastpenalty
+ \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
%
% If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
% skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
- % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+ % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
% non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
% breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
\else
- \vskip-\skip0
+ \vskip-\whatsitskip
\fi
%
- \dosubindwrite
+ #1%
%
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- % if \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a
- % penalty, and perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.
- % In that case, we want to re-insert the penalty; since we
- % just inserted a non-discardable item, any following glue
- % (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+ % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
+ % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+ % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+ % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ %
% @deffn deffn-whatever
% @vindex index-whatever
% Description.
% would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
% and the "Description." paragraph.
- \ifnum\count255>9999 \nobreak \fi
+ \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
\else
% On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
% this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
% (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
- \nobreak\vskip\skip0
+ \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
\fi
+\fi
}
% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
%
-\defparsearg\printindex{\begingroup
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
%
\smallfonts \rm
\tolerance = 9500
+ \plainfrenchspacing
\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
%
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
% Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
% character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
% to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+ \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
\catcode`\\ = 0
\escapechar = `\\
\begindoublecolumns
\removelastskip
%
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- \penalty -300
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
+ \penalty 0
+ \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
%
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
\leftline{\secbf #1}%
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
- %
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
\nobreak
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
}}
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
%
-% A straigtforward implementation would start like this:
+% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
% \def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which set's active ``-''. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't what we really
-% want.
+% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+%
% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
% --kasal, 21nov03
\def\entry{%
% The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
% there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
% cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
- \def\tempb{#1}%
- \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
- \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
- \ifx\tempc\tempd
+ \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
\ %
\else
%
% part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
% \hbox ensues.
\ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#1.\ \the\toksA
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \ \the\toksA
\else
\ #1%
\fi
\endgroup
}
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
%
% All done with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
+ % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
+ % following situation:
+ %
+ % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
+ % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
+ % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
+ % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
+ % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
+ % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
+ % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
+ % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
+ % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
+ % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
+ % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
+ % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
+ % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
+ % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
+ % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
+ % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
+ % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
+ % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
+ % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
+ %
+ % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
+ % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
+ \penalty0
+ %
\output = {%
% Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
% current page, no automatic page break.
% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
+%
\def\appendixletter{%
\ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
-% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
+% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
+% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
+% these. @section does likewise.
\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thischapternum{}
+\def\thischaptername{}
\def\thissection{}
+\def\thissectionnum{}
+\def\thissectionname{}
\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#2}%
- \or \seczzz{#2}%
- \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2}%
- \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+ % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+ \absseclevel=#2
+ \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+ % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+ \absseclevel = 0
\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2}%
- \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+ \absseclevel = 3
\fi
\fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#2}%
- \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2}%
- \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2}%
- \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ % The heading type:
+ \def\headtype{#1}%
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
+ \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+ \fi
\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2}%
- \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ % Check for appendix sections:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+ \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+ \else
+ \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+ \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
+ \def\headtype{U}%
+ \else
+ \chardef\unmlevel = 3
\fi
\fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
- \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2}%
- \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}%
- \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ % Now print the heading:
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
- \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \if \headtype A%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#3}%
+ \or \seczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
\fi
\fi
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
}
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
+%
% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\defparsearg\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
\def\chapterzzz#1{%
% section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
% as an @include file.
\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
}
-\outer\defparsearg\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
\def\appendixzzz#1{%
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\appendixno by 1
\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
}
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\defparsearg\centerchap{{\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
-
-\outer\defparsearg\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
%
- % Since an unnumbered as no number, no prefix for figures.
+ % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
\global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
\resetallfloatnos
%
\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
}
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+ % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
+ % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
+ % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+ \unnmhead0{#1}%
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
+
% @top is like @unnumbered.
\let\top\unnumbered
% Sections.
-\outer\defparsearg\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
\def\seczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
}
-\outer\defparsearg\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
}
\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-\outer\defparsearg\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
}
% Subsections.
-\outer\defparsearg\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
-\outer\defparsearg\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
-\outer\defparsearg\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
}
% Subsubsections.
-\outer\defparsearg\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-\outer\defparsearg\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-\outer\defparsearg\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they are now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
% These macros control what the section commands do, according
% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
}
% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\defparsearg\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\defparsearg\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\defparsearg\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
+% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
+% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
+\def\chapoddpage{%
+ \chappager
+ \ifodd\pageno \else
+ \begingroup
+ \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
+ \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
+ \hbox to 0pt{}%
+ \chappager
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
\CHAPPAGon
-\def\CHAPFplain{%
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-
-% Normal chapter opening.
-%
+% Chapter opening.
+%
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-%
+%
% To test against our argument.
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
%
-\def\chfplain#1#2#3{%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+ % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\thissection{}}%
+ %
+ \def\temptype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{}}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ }%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+ % the preceding space.
+ \safewhatsit\domark
+ %
+ % Insert the chapter heading break.
\pchapsepmacro
+ %
+ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
+ % between here and the heading.
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \domark
+ %
{%
\chapfonts \rm
%
- % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
%
% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
- \def\temptype{#2}%
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unnchap}%
- \def\thischapter{#1}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
\def\toctype{omit}%
- \xdef\thischapter{}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
- % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
- % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
- % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
- %
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
\def\toctype{numchap}%
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
\donoderef{#2}%
%
% Typeset the actual heading.
+ \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
\hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
\unhbox0 #1\par}%
% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
- \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- }%
- \chfplain{#1}{Ynothing}{}%
-}}
+\def\centerparameters{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
-\CHAPFplain % The default
% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
-%
+%
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+%
\def\unnchfopen #1{%
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
\parindent=0pt\raggedright
\rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
}
-
\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
\par\penalty 5000 %
}
-
\def\centerchfopen #1{%
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
\parindent=0pt
\hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
}
-
\def\CHAPFopen{%
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+ \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
+%
\newskip\secheadingskip
\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
+%
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
% section number.
-%
+%
+\def\seckeyword{sec}
+%
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
\csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
%
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
+ %
+ % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
+ \fi
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % Don't redefine \thissection.
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+ \noexpand\thissectionname}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+ \noexpand\thissectionname}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+ % the preceding space.
+ \safewhatsit\domark
+ %
% Insert space above the heading.
\csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
%
- % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
- \def\temptype{#3}%
+ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
+ % between here and the heading.
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \domark
%
+ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \thissection.
+ % and don't redefine \lastsection.
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{omit}%
\let\sectionlevel=\empty
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
- % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
+ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
\writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
%
% Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
- % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
+ % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
\donoderef{#3}%
%
+ % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+ % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+ % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+ % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
+ % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+ % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
+ \nobreak
+ %
% Output the actual section heading.
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
\hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
% glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
% discardable item.)
\vskip-\parskip
- %
- % This \nobreak is purely so the last item on the list is a \penalty
- % of 10000. This is so other code, for instance \parsebodycommon, can
- % check for and avoid allowing breakpoints. Otherwise, it would
- % insert a valid breakpoint between:
+ %
+ % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
+ % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
+ % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
+ %
% @section sec-whatever
% @deffn def-whatever
- \nobreak
+ \penalty 10001
}
\newwrite\tocfile
% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
% destination to jump to.
-%
+%
% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
\fi
%
\iflinks
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
- \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
- {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
- \temp
+ {\atdummies
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ }%
\fi
\fi
%
\ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
}
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+%
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\"=\active
+ \catcode`\$=\active
+ \catcode`\<=\active
+ \catcode`\>=\active
+ \catcode`\\=\active
+ \catcode`\^=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\|=\active
+ \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+ \setupdatafile
+ \activecatcodes
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+}
+
\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
\newcount\savepageno
\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
%
\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \def\thischapter{}%
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- %
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
- % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
- % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
- %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ %
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
}
+% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
+% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
+%
+\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
% Normal (long) toc.
+%
\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \pdfmakeoutlines
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
}
% And just the chapters.
\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
- %
- \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
- \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
- \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
}
\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
% But use \hss just in case.
% (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
% the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- %
+ %
% We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
% with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
% left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
% Appendices, in the main contents.
% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
+%
\def\appendixbox#1{%
% We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 2pc
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
% page number.
% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
%
\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
% The @error{} command.
% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
%
\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
\hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-\def\tex{\begingroup
+\envdef\tex{%
\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
\let\/=\ptexslash
\let\*=\ptexstar
\let\t=\ptext
+ \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer
+ \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
%
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
\def\@{@}%
-\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
%
\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
\endgraf
\removelastskip
% it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
% or better ...
- \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
\vskip\envskipamount
\fi
\fi
\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
%
\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-\def\cartouche{%
-\begingroup\inENV
+\envdef\cartouche{%
\ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
\startsavinginserts
\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
% each corner char, and rule thickness
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
\vbox\bgroup
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
\carttop
\cartbot
\egroup
\checkinserts
-\endgroup
}
% inside a group.
\def\nonfillstart{%
\aboveenvbreak
- \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
\hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
\parskip = 0pt
\parindent = 0pt
\emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
- % at next level down.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
- \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+ % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
+ % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
+ % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
+ % to change the fonts afterward.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+ \else
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
\fi
}
-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
-% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
-% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
-% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
-% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
-% the environment.
-%
-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
-\def\lisp{\begingroup
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
- \tt
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \gobble % eat return
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it by one command:
+\def\makedispenv #1#2{
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+ \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
}
-% @example: Same as @lisp.
-\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+% Define two synonyms:
+\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
+ \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
+ \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+}
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup
- \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \smallexamplefonts
- \lisp
-}
-\let\smallexample = \smalllisp
-
-
-% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
%
-\def\display{\begingroup
+\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
\nonfillstart
- \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
- \gobble
+ \tt\quoteexpand
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
}
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
%
-% @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts.
-%
-\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup
- \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \display
+\makedispenv {display}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
}
-% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
%
-\def\format{\begingroup
+\makedispenv{format}{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
- \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
\gobble
}
-%
-% @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts.
-%
-\def\smallformat{\begingroup
- \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \format
-}
-% @flushleft (same as @format).
-%
-\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
% @flushright.
%
-\def\flushright{\begingroup
+\envdef\flushright{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
- \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
\gobble
}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.
+% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
%
-\def\quotation{%
- \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+\envdef\quotation{%
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
\parindent=0pt
- % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
- % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
- \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
%
% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \else
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
\fi
\parsearg\quotationlabel
}
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+ \par
+ \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
+ % indent a bit.
+ \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+ \fi
+ {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+
% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
\def\quotationlabel#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
%
\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+
+% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
+% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
+% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
+% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
+% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the
+% regular 0x27.
+%
+\def\codequoteright{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ '%
+ \else \char'15 \fi
+ \else \char'15 \fi
+}
+%
+% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
+% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
+% the code environments to do likewise.
+%
+\def\codequoteleft{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ `%
+ \else \char'22 \fi
+ \else \char'22 \fi
+}
+%
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\gdef\tabexpand{%
\wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
}%
}
+ \catcode`\'=\active
+ \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}%
+ %
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}%
+ %
+ \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}%
\endgroup
+
+% start the verbatim environment.
\def\setupverbatim{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
% Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
\tt
\def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
\catcode`\`=\active
\tabexpand
+ \quoteexpand
% Respect line breaks,
% print special symbols as themselves, and
% make each space count
% without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
\endgroup
%
-\def\verbatim{%
- \let\Everbatim\nonfillfinish
- \begingroup
+\envdef\verbatim{%
\setupverbatim\doverbatim
}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
%
\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
%
\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
- \begingroup
+ {%
\makevalueexpandable
\setupverbatim
\input #1
- \nonfillfinish % contains \endgroup
+ \afterenvbreak
+ }%
}
% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
-% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
%
% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
% possible is very desirable.
%
-\def\copying{\begingroup
- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
- % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
- % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
- % it, but that doesn't matter.
- \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
- %
- % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
- \catcode`\^^M = \active
- \docopying
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off the copying text.
-%
-\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
-% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
-% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
-% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
-% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
-% generate a \par.
-%
-% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
-% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
-% do \par.
-%
-% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
-% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
-% manual for man page generation.)
-%
-% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
-% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
-% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
-%
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
-\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
- \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
- \def^^M{%
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
- \par %
- \else %
- \space \penalty 1 %
- \fi %
- }%
- %
- % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
- \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
- \let\comment = \c %
- %
- % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
- % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
- \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
- %
- \copyingtext %
-\endgroup}%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
+\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+%
+\def\insertcopying{%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+ \scanexp\copyingtext
+ \endgroup
}
+
\message{defuns,}
% @defun etc.
\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+\newcount\defunpenalty
-% \startdefun \deffn
-% -- starts the processing of @deffn
-\def\startdefun#1{%
- \begingroup\inENV
- \def\thisenv{#1}%
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
\medbreak
+ \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
+ % following @def command, see below.
\else
% If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
% which is there to keep the function description together with its
% header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
- % break somewhere. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
- % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
- % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
- % between a section heading and a defun.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+ % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+ % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+ % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+ %
+ % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+ % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
+ % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
+ % @def command.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
%
% Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
% But do insert the glue.
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
}
-% \dodefunx \startdefun \deffn
-% -- converts \deffn expansion to \deffnx, omitting \startdefun.
-\def\dodefunx \startdefun #1{%
+\def\dodefunx#1{%
+ % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+ \checkenv#1%
+ %
% As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
% It's not a great place, though.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
%
- % Check whether we are inside the corresponding @defun.
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \else
- \errmessage{\expandafter\string\temp x inside
- \expandafter\noexpand\thisenv environment}%
- \fi
+ % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+ \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
}
+\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-% Without continued lines we'd just have:
-% \def\parsedefunline#1{\parseargusing\activeparens{\parsedefunlineX#1}}
-% \def\parsedefunlineX#1#2{\printdefunline #1#2\DefunTerm}
-% but with continuations, things are much more complicated.
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
%
-\def\parsedefunline#1{%
- \def\defunlinemacro{#1}% store \deffnheader (initially)
- \parsedefunlineX
-}
-\def\parsedefunlineX{%
- \parseargusing\activeparens\parsedefunlineY
-}
-\def\parsedefunlineY#1{%
- % We have to prepend a token to prevent brace stripping;
- % \defunlinemacro just comes handy.
- \defunchkspace\defunlinemacro#1\DefunMid\ \DefunMid\DefunTerm
-}
-\def\defunchkspace#1\ \DefunMid#2\DefunTerm{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % The line doesn't end with `@ '; in this case, #1 ends with \DefunMid.
- \let\next\defunchktab
- \else
- % `@ ' was found and stripped.
- \let\next\defunloop
- \fi
- \next#1\^^I\DefunMid\DefunTerm
-}
-\def\defunchktab#1\^^I\DefunMid#2\DefunTerm{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % The line doesn't end with `@TAB', either.
- \let\next\defunchkfinish
- \else
- % `@TAB' was found and stripped.
- \let\next\defunloop
- \fi
- \next#1\^^I\DefunMid\DefunTerm
-}
-\def\defunloop#1\^^I\DefunMid\DefunTerm{%
- % Expand the \defunlinemacro token at the beginning of #1.
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\defunlinemacro
- \expandafter{#1 }%
- \parsedefunlineX
-}
-\def\defunchkfinish#1\DefunMid\^^I%\DefunMid\DefunTerm -- stays here
-{%
- % #1 starts with \defunlinemacro, which is expanded and its expansion
- % starts with eg. \deffnheader.
- \expandafter\replaceeols #1\^^M%\DefunMid\DefunTerm -- stays here
-}
-
-% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% The parameters start with \deffnheader token, so trere is no risk braces
-% could be stripped at #1. And we have a \DefunMid token just before
-% \DefunTerm, so we cannot loose braces at #2 either. Uff!
-%
-\def\replaceeols#1\^^M#2\DefunTerm{%
- \stripDefunMid #2%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % This \^^M is the terminating one.
- \printdefunline #1\DefunTerm
- \else
- \replaceeolsX#1\^^M \^^M#2\DefunTerm
- \fi
-}
-\def\replaceeolsX#1 \^^M{\replaceeolsY#1\^^M}
-\def\replaceeolsY#1\^^M#2\^^M{\replaceeols#1 }
-\def\stripDefunMid#1\DefunMid{\def\temp{#1}}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader text\DefunTerm
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1\DefunTerm{%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
\begingroup
% call \deffnheader:
- #1 \endheader
+ #1#2 \endheader
% common ending:
\interlinepenalty = 10000
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
\endgraf
\nobreak\vskip -\parskip
- \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+ \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
% Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
% rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
\checkparencounts
\endgroup
}
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
+% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
%
\def\makedefun#1{%
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
%
\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
- \def#1{%
- \startdefun#1%
- \parsedefunline#3%
+ \envdef#1{%
+ \startdefun
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
}%
- % A tricky way to recycle the code defined above:
- \def#2{\expandafter\dodefunx#1}%
+ \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+ \def#3%
}
-% Untyped functions (@deffn, @defop):
+%%% Untyped functions:
-\makedefun{deffn} % category name args
-\def\deffnheader{\deffngeneral{}}
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-\makedefun{defop} % category class name args
-\def\defopheader#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+% @deffn category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
% \defopon {category on}class name args
\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
%
\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- % Remember that \dosubin{fn}{xxx}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{xxx}.
+ % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{}{#3}\ampdefunargs{#4\unskip}%
+ \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
}
-% Typed functions (@deftypefn, @deftypeop):
+%%% Typed functions:
-\makedefun{deftypefn} % category type name args
-\def\deftypefnheader{\deftypefngeneral{}}
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-\makedefun{deftypeop} % category class type name args
-\def\deftypeopheader#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
%
\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\normaldefunargs{#5\unskip}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
-% Typed variables (@deftypevr, @deftypecv):
+%%% Typed variables:
-\makedefun{deftypevr}% category type var args
-\def\deftypevrheader{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-\makedefun{deftypecv}% category class type var args
-\def\deftypecvheader#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
%
\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
\dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\normaldefunargs{#5\unskip}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
-% Untyped variables (@defvr, @defcv):
-\makedefun{defvr}% category var args
-\def\defvrheader#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+%%% Untyped variables:
-\makedefun{defcv}% category class var args
-\def\defcvheader#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
% \defcvof {category of}class var args
\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-% Type (@deftp):
-\makedefun{deftp}% category name args
-\def\deftpheader#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+%%% Type:
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
\doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
- \defname{#1}{}{#2}\normaldefunargs{#3\unskip}%
+ \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
}
% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun} \def\defunheader{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac} \def\defmacheader{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec} \def\defspecheader{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}\def\deftypefunheader{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar} \def\defvarheader{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt} \def\defoptheader{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}\def\deftypevarheader{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod} \def\defmethodheader{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}\def\deftypemethodheader{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar} \def\defivarheader{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}\def\deftypeivarheader{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
% #2 is the return type, if any.
% #3 is the function name.
-%
+%
% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
%
\def\defname#1#2#3{%
% arguments will be output next, if any.
}
-% This expands the args, with & being treated magically.
+% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
+% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
+% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
%
-\def\ampdefunargs{%
- \magicamp
- \normaldefunargs
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted typewriter, prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\normaldefunargs#1{%
- % use sl by default (not ttsl), inconsistently with using tt for the
- % name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in the
- % argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
- % distinguishable.
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+ % use sl by default (not ttsl),
% tt for the names.
\df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+ %
% On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
% want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
\let\var=\ttslanted
\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
\ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
}
+% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
+% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
\def\badparencount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
+ \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
\global\parencount=0
}
\def\badbrackcount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
+ \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
\global\brackcount=0
}
% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scanmacro#1{%
- \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
- % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
- \toks0={#1\endinput}%
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- \input \jobname.tmp
- \endgroup
-}
-\else
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
-\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scantokens#1{%
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ }
\fi
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \newlinechar`\^^M
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
+ % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
+ % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
+ % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+ % ... and \example
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
+ % --kasal, 29nov03
+ \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
+ \temp
+}
+
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
- % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
% Utility routines.
-% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+%
\def\cslet#1#2{%
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\expandafter\let
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\csname#1\endcsname
-\csname#2\endcsname}
+ \expandafter\let
+ \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname#2\endcsname
+}
% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
+% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
+% confine the change to the current group.
+
% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=\other
+\def\scanctxt{%
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\^=\other
\catcode`\_=\other
\catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
+}
+
+\def\scanargctxt{%
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+ \scanctxt
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
- \usembodybackslash}
+ \usembodybackslash
+}
\def\macroargctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\\=\other}
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
\else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
\global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
\global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
- % Add the macroname to \macrolist
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+ \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
\fi
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
\else \expandafter\parsemacbody
\fi}
-\defparsearg\unmacro{%
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
\if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
\global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
\global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
\begingroup
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\do\unmacrodo
+ \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
\endgroup
\else
% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
%
\def\unmacrodo#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
+ \ifx #1\relax
% remove this
\else
- \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
+ \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
\fi
}
% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
\ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
\expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \next}
-
-% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
-% expanded by \write.
-\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
- \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+ \fi \macnamexxx}
% @alias.
\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
{%
\expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+ \addtomacrolist{#1}%
\xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
}%
\next
\message{cross references,}
\newwrite\auxfile
-
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references.
-\defparsearg\node{\ENVcheck\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+
\let\nwnode=\node
\let\lastnode=\empty
% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
+%
\def\donoderef#1{%
\ifx\lastnode\empty\else
\setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
%
\newcount\savesfregister
%
-\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\gdef\anchor#1{%
- \savesf
- \setref{#1}{Ynothing}%
- \restoresf
- \ignorespaces
-}
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name, taken from \thissection;
-% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, defined as the SNT arg;
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
+% or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+% empty for anchors.
% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.
-%
-% We take care not to fully expand the title, since it may contain
-% arbitrary macros.
%
-% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% and backslash work in node names.
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
%
\def\setref#1#2{%
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
\iflinks
{%
- \turnoffactive
+ \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
}%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
- \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
+ \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout
}%
\fi
}
\fi
%
% Make link in pdf output.
- %
\ifpdf
- \leavevmode
- \getfilename{#4}%
- {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ %
+ % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
+ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+ %
+ \leavevmode
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
\else
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
\fi
}%
- \linkcolor
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
\fi
%
% Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
% instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
% LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
- \expandafter\ifx \csname X#1-title\endcsname \floatmagic
+ {%
+ % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+ % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+ \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+ }%
+ \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
\ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
- \refx{#1-snt}%
+ \refx{#1-snt}{}%
\else
\printedrefname
\fi
%
% if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
- % "in MANUALNAME".
+ % "in MANUALNAME".
\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
\space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
\fi
\else
- %
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \else
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- }%
- % output the `[mynode]' via a macro.
- \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+ % node/anchor (non-float) references.
%
- % But we always want a comma and a space:
- ,\space
- %
- % output the `page 3'.
- \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+ %
+ % But we always want a comma and a space:
+ ,\space
+ %
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
\fi
\endlink
- \fi
\endgroup}
% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
\indexnofonts
\otherbackslash
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
- \csname X#1\endcsname
+ \csname XR#1\endcsname
}%
\ifx\thisrefX\relax
% If not defined, say something at least.
#2% Output the suffix in any case.
}
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
+% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
%
-\def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname}
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+ {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
+ % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these
+ % mess up the control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
+ %
+ % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+ \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
+ % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+ \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+ %
+ % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+ \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+ \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+ \else
+ % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+ % for later use in \listoffloats.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
+ {\safexrefname}}%
+ \fi
+}
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-% Open the new one.
-%
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readdatafile{aux}%
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
\catcode`\^^@=\other
\catcode`\^^A=\other
\catcode`\^^B=\other
\catcode`\%=\other
\catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
%
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+ % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
+ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
+ % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
+ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
+ % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
+ % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
+ % now. --karl, 15jan04.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
{%
- \count 1=128
+ \count1=128
\def\loop{%
- \catcode\count 1=\other
- \advance\count 1 by 1
- \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+ \catcode\count1=\other
+ \advance\count1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
}%
}%
%
- % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
- % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
- % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
- % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
- % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- % @ is our escape character in .aux files.
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
\catcode`\@=0
- %
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.aux
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \fi
- % Open the new aux file right away (otherwise the \immediate's in
- % \setref cause spurious terminal output). TeX will close it
- % automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+ \setupdatafile
+ \input\jobname.#1
\endgroup}
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
% would be lost.
-% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
\fi
}
-% This \insert replacements works for both \insert\footins{xx} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup xx\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{xx}.
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
%
\def\saveinsert#1{%
\edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
\next
}
\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
- \csname newbox\endcsname #1% \newbox cannot be pronounced, as it is outer
+ \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
- \checksaveins#1}%
+ \checksaveins #1}%
}
% initialize:
% undone and the next image would fail.
\openin 1 = epsf.tex
\ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
% Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
% doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
\def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
\input epsf.tex
\fi
+\closein 1
%
% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
- \nobreak\bigskip
+ \nobreak\medskip
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
% above and below.
\nobreak\vskip\parskip
\nobreak
- \line\bgroup\hss
\fi
%
+ % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
+ % environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if
+ % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation.
+ \noindent
+ %
% Output the image.
\ifpdf
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
\fi
%
- \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
+ \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image
\endgroup}
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, etc.
-% We don't actually implement floating yet, we just plop the float "here".
-% But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\def\float{\parsearg\parsefloat}
-\def\parsefloat#1{\dofloat #1,,,\finish}
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
+%
% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
% be referable.
-%
+%
% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
+%
% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
% chapter-level command.
\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\vtop\bgroup
- \def\floattype{#1}%
- \def\floatlabel{#2}%
- \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
- % xx should we indent the whole thing? center it?
- %
- % allow @[short]caption now.
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
\let\thiscaption=\empty
- \def\caption##1{\def\thiscaption{##1}}%
- %
\let\thisshortcaption=\empty
- \def\shortcaption##1{\def\thisshortcaption{##1}}%
- %
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else
- % For now, assume the FLOATTYPE is entirely letters, so we just use it
- % in a control sequence name literally. We want each FLOATTYPE to be
- % numbered separately (Figure 1, Table 1, Figure 2, ...).
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatno\csname\floattype floatno\endcsname
- \ifx\floatno\relax
- % Haven't seen this figure type before, so need to define
- % the counter for it, and then redefine \floatno.
- \expandafter\innernewcount\csname\floattype floatno\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatno\csname\floattype floatno\endcsname
- %
- % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos}%
- \xdef\resetallfloatnos{\the\toks0 \makecsname{\floattype floatno}=0 }%
+ %
+ % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+ %
+ % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+ % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+ %
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ \vtop\bgroup
+ \def\floattype{#1}%
+ \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+ \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+ %
+ \ifx\floattype\empty
+ \let\safefloattype=\empty
+ \else
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
\fi
- \global\advance\floatno by 1
%
+ % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+ % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
+ %
+ \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+ \global\advance\floatno by 1
+ %
{%
- % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
+ % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
% XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
- % nodes and xref labels.
- %
- \let\thissection=\floatmagic
+ % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+ % lists of floats.
+ %
+ \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
}%
\fi
- \fi
- %
- \def\Efloat{%
- % we have four possibilities:
- % @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
- % @float Foo & no caption: Foo 1.1
- % @float & @caption{cap}: Cap
- % @float & no caption:
%
- \let\printedsomething = \empty
+ % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+ \vskip\parskip
%
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else
- \vskip.5\parskip % space above caption
- %
- % Print the float number preceded by the chapter-level number
- % (empty in the case of unnumbered). Although there are other
- % styles of float numbering, we hardwire this one.
- \floattype\space\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno
- \let\printedsomething = t%
+ % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+ \let\floatident = \empty
+ %
+ % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+ %
+ % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
+ \fi
+ % the number.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
\fi
%
+ % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+ % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+ \let\captionline = \floatident
+ %
\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
- \ifx\printedsomething\empty
- \vskip.5\parskip % space above caption
- \else
- :\space % had a number, so print a colon.
+ \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
\fi
%
- % Print caption text.
- \thiscaption
- \let\printedsomething = t%
+ % caption text.
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
\fi
%
- % Space below caption, if we printed anything.
- \ifx\printedsomething\empty \else \vskip\parskip \fi
+ % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+ % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+ \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+ \vskip.5\parskip
+ \captionline
+ %
+ % Space below caption.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \fi
%
- \egroup % end of \vtop
- }%
+ % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
+ % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+ % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
+ % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+ {%
+ \atdummies
+ %
+ % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
+ % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
+ % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
+ \scanexp{%
+ \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \thiscaption
+ \else
+ \thisshortcaption
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end of \vtop
+ %
+ % place the captured inserts
+ %
+ % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
+ % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
+ % float. --kasal, 26may04
+ %
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
+\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+ \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+ %
+ % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+ \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+ \fi
+ \let\floatno#1%
}
% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype @tie{}\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
+% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-\def\listoffloats{\parsearg\dolistoffloats}
-\def\dolistoffloats#1{%xx
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+ \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+ \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
+ \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+ \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
}
-% Default definitions.
-\def\caption{\errmessage{@caption while not in @float environment}}
-\def\shortcaption{\errmessage{@shortcaption while not in @float environment}}
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+ % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
+ % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+ % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+ % in pdf output.
+ \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+ %
+ % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+ \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+ \writeentry
+}}
\message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+% properly. Single argument is the language (de) or locale (de_DE)
+% abbreviation. It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file.
%
-\defparsearg\documentlanguage{%
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \globaldefs=1
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
+ \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
- % Read the file if it exists.
+ % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof 1
+ \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
+ \else
+ \input txi-#1.tex
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+\endgroup}
+}
+%
+% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
+% try txi-de.tex.
+%
+\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof1
+ \ifeof 1
\errhelp = \nolanghelp
\errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
- \let\temp = \relax
\else
- \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+ \input txi-#1.tex
\fi
- \temp
- \endgroup
+ \closein 1
}
+%
\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
should work if nowhere else does.}
+% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
+%
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
+ \count255=128
+ \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+ \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
+ \advance\count255 by 1
+ \repeat
+}
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
+ \count255=128
+ \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+ \catcode\count255=#1\relax
+ \advance\count255 by 1
+ \repeat
+}
+
+% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
+% according to the specified encoding.
+%
+\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
+ % Encoding being declared for the document.
+ \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
+ %
+ % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
+ % to compare them with \ifx.
+ \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+ \asciichardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \lattwochardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \latonechardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \latninechardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \utfeightchardefs
+ %
+ \else
+ \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
+ %
+ \fi % utfeight
+ \fi % latnine
+ \fi % latone
+ \fi % lattwo
+ \fi % ascii
+}
+% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
+% the default font encoding (OT1).
+%
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
+
+% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
+\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
+
+% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
+% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
+% macros containing the character definitions.
+\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+%
+% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
+\def\latonechardefs{%
+ \gdef^^a0{~}
+ \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
+ \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
+ \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
+ \gdef^^a7{\S}
+ \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdef^^a9{\copyright}
+ \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
+ \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
+ \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
+ \gdef^^ad{\-}
+ \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
+ \gdef^^af{\={}}
+ %
+ \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
+ \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
+ \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
+ \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
+ \gdef^^b6{\P}
+ %
+ \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
+ \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
+ \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
+ %
+ \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
+ \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
+ \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
+ \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
+ \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
+ %
+ \gdef^^c0{\`A}
+ \gdef^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdef^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdef^^c3{\~A}
+ \gdef^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+ \gdef^^c6{\AE}
+ \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdef^^c8{\`E}
+ \gdef^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdef^^ca{\^E}
+ \gdef^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdef^^cc{\`I}
+ \gdef^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdef^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdef^^cf{\"I}
+ %
+ \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}}
+ \gdef^^d1{\~N}
+ \gdef^^d2{\`O}
+ \gdef^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdef^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdef^^d5{\~O}
+ \gdef^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdef^^d8{\O}
+ \gdef^^d9{\`U}
+ \gdef^^da{\'U}
+ \gdef^^db{\^U}
+ \gdef^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}}
+ \gdef^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdef^^e0{\`a}
+ \gdef^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdef^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdef^^e3{\~a}
+ \gdef^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+ \gdef^^e6{\ae}
+ \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdef^^e8{\`e}
+ \gdef^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdef^^ea{\^e}
+ \gdef^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+ \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+ \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+ \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+ %
+ \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}}
+ \gdef^^f1{\~n}
+ \gdef^^f2{\`o}
+ \gdef^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdef^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdef^^f5{\~o}
+ \gdef^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdef^^f8{\o}
+ \gdef^^f9{\`u}
+ \gdef^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdef^^fb{\^u}
+ \gdef^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdef^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}}
+ \gdef^^ff{\"y}
+}
+
+% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
+\def\latninechardefs{%
+ % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
+ \latonechardefs
+ %
+ \gdef^^a4{\euro}
+ \gdef^^a6{\v S}
+ \gdef^^a8{\v s}
+ \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
+ \gdef^^b8{\v z}
+ \gdef^^bc{\OE}
+ \gdef^^bd{\oe}
+ \gdef^^be{\"Y}
+}
+
+% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
+\def\lattwochardefs{%
+ \gdef^^a0{~}
+ \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
+ \gdef^^a3{\L}
+ \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a5{\v L}
+ \gdef^^a6{\'S}
+ \gdef^^a7{\S}
+ \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdef^^a9{\v S}
+ \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
+ \gdef^^ab{\v T}
+ \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
+ \gdef^^ad{\-}
+ \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
+ \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+ %
+ \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^b3{\l}
+ \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdef^^b5{\v l}
+ \gdef^^b6{\'s}
+ \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
+ \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdef^^b9{\v s}
+ \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
+ \gdef^^bb{\v t}
+ \gdef^^bc{\'z}
+ \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
+ \gdef^^be{\v z}
+ \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+ %
+ \gdef^^c0{\'R}
+ \gdef^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdef^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdef^^c3{\u A}
+ \gdef^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdef^^c5{\'L}
+ \gdef^^c6{\'C}
+ \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdef^^c8{\v C}
+ \gdef^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdef^^cc{\v E}
+ \gdef^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdef^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdef^^cf{\v D}
+ %
+ \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
+ \gdef^^d1{\'N}
+ \gdef^^d2{\v N}
+ \gdef^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdef^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdef^^d5{\H O}
+ \gdef^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdef^^d8{\v R}
+ \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+ \gdef^^da{\'U}
+ \gdef^^db{\H U}
+ \gdef^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
+ \gdef^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdef^^e0{\'r}
+ \gdef^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdef^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdef^^e3{\u a}
+ \gdef^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdef^^e5{\'l}
+ \gdef^^e6{\'c}
+ \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdef^^e8{\v c}
+ \gdef^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdef^^ec{\v e}
+ \gdef^^ed{\'\i}
+ \gdef^^ee{\^\i}
+ \gdef^^ef{\v d}
+ %
+ \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
+ \gdef^^f1{\'n}
+ \gdef^^f2{\v n}
+ \gdef^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdef^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdef^^f5{\H o}
+ \gdef^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdef^^f8{\v r}
+ \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+ \gdef^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdef^^fb{\H u}
+ \gdef^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdef^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
+ \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+}
+
+% UTF-8 character definitions.
+%
+% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
+% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
+% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
+%
+\newcount\countUTFx
+\newcount\countUTFy
+\newcount\countUTFz
-% Page size parameters.
+\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
%
+\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
+ \ifx #1\relax
+ \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\~13
+ \catcode`\"12
+
+ \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
+ \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
+ \uccode`\~\countUTFx
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
+ \advance\countUTFx by 1
+ \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
+ \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
+ \fi}
+
+ \countUTFx = "C2
+ \countUTFy = "E0
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
+ \countUTFx = "E0
+ \countUTFy = "F0
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
+ \countUTFx = "F0
+ \countUTFy = "F4
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+\endgroup
+
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\"=12
+ \catcode`\<=12
+ \catcode`\.=12
+ \catcode`\,=12
+ \catcode`\;=12
+ \catcode`\!=12
+ \catcode`\~=13
+
+ \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
+ \countUTFz = "#1\relax
+ \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
+ \begingroup
+ \parseXMLCharref
+ \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
+ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
+ \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
+ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
+ \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
+ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+ \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
+ \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
+ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
+ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
+ \parseUTFviiiA;%
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
+ \else
+ \parseUTFviiiA;%
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiA!%
+ \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ }
+
+ \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
+ \countUTFx = \countUTFz
+ \divide\countUTFz by 64
+ \countUTFy = \countUTFz
+ \multiply\countUTFz by 64
+ \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+ \advance\countUTFx by 128
+ \uccode `#1\countUTFx
+ \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+
+ \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
+ \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
+ \uccode `#3\countUTFz
+ \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
+\endgroup
+
+\def\utfeightchardefs{%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
+}% end of \utfeightchardefs
+
+
+% US-ASCII character definitions.
+\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
+ \relax
+}
+
+% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
+% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
+% document encoding.
+%
+\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
+
+
+\message{formatting,}
+
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
\hbadness = 2000
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
\widowpenalty=10000
\clubpenalty=10000
\fi
}
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
-% physical page width.
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
%
% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
\ifpdf
\pdfpageheight #7\relax
\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
+ % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
+ \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
+ \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
\fi
%
\setleading{\textleading}
\textleading = 13.2pt
%
% If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
- \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+ \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
{\voffset}{.25in}%
{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
{11in}{8.5in}%
}}
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
\textleading = 12pt
%
\internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {-.2in}{0in}%
{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
{9.25in}{7in}%
%
\defbodyindent = .5cm
}}
+% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
+% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
+\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
+ {-.2in}{-.4in}%
+ {0pt}{14pt}%
+ {9in}{6in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .4cm
+}}
+
% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
% \global\normaloffset = -6mm
% \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
% @end tex
- \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+ \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
{297mm}{210mm}%
% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
%
-\defparsearg\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
\setleading{\textleading}%
%
- \dimen0 = #1
+ \dimen0 = #1\relax
\advance\dimen0 by \voffset
%
\dimen2 = \hsize
\def\normalplus{+}
\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
-% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
%
% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\let\realunder=_
% Subroutine for the previous macro.
\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \otherbackslash
+}
+
\catcode`\@=0
-% \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx}
- @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-}
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
+% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
+% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
\catcode`\\=\active
+@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
+% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
+% @let \ = @normalbackslash
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{%
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+%
+@def@normalturnoffactive{%
+ @let\=@normalbackslash
@let"=@normaldoublequote
- @let\=@realbackslash
@let~=@normaltilde
@let^=@normalcaret
@let_=@normalunderscore
@unsepspaces
}
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
-% effect.)
-%
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
-
% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
@otherifyactive
@global@let\ = @eatinput
% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
%
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
@catcode`@# = @other
@catcode`@% = @other
-@c Set initial fonts.
-@textfonts
-@rm
-
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
projects / lilypond.git / blobdiff